1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 */
620 struct Pager {
621   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
622   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
623   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
624   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
625   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
626   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
627   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
628   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
629   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
630   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
631   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
632   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
633   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
634   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
635 
636   /**************************************************************************
637   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
638   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
639   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
640   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
641   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
642   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
643   ** "configuration" of the pager.
644   */
645   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
646   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
647   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
648   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
649   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
650   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
651   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
652   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
653   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
654   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
655   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
656   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
657   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
658   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
659   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
660   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
661   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
662   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
663   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
664   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
665   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
666   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
667   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
668   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
669   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
670   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
671   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
672 
673   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
674   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
675   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
676   /*
677   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
678   ***************************************************************************/
679 
680   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
681   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
682   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
683   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
684   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
685   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
686   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
688   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
689   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
693   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
694 #endif
695   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
698   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
699   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
700   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
701   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
702 #endif
703   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
704   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
706   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
707   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
708 #endif
709 };
710 
711 /*
712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
715 */
716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
719 
720 /*
721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
722 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
723 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
724 */
725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
729 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
730 #else
731 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
732 #endif
733 
734 
735 
736 /*
737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
738 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
739 **
740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
741 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
743 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
746 ** journal and ignore it.
747 **
748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
752 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
756 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
758 */
759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
760   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
761 };
762 
763 /*
764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
765 ** the following macro.
766 */
767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
768 
769 /*
770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
772 */
773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
774 
775 /*
776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
779 ** out code that would never execute.
780 */
781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
782 # define MEMDB 0
783 #else
784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
785 #endif
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
790 */
791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
793 #else
794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
795 #endif
796 
797 /*
798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
799 */
800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
801 
802 /*
803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
805 **
806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
807 **
808 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
809 **
810 ** instead of
811 **
812 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
813 */
814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
815 
816 /*
817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
818 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
819 */
820 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno)821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
822   u32 iRead = 0;
823   int rc;
824   if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
825   rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
826   return rc || iRead;
827 }
828 #endif
829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
831 #else
832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
837 #endif
838 
839 #ifndef NDEBUG
840 /*
841 ** Usage:
842 **
843 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
844 **
845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
846 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
847 */
assert_pager_state(Pager * p)848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
849   Pager *pPager = p;
850 
851   /* State must be valid. */
852   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
853        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
854        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
856        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
857        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
858        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
859   );
860 
861   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
862   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
863   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
864   */
865   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
866   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
867 
868   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
869   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
870   */
871   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
872   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
873 
874   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
875   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
876   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
877   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
878   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
879   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
880   ** state.
881   */
882   if( MEMDB ){
883     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
884     assert( p->noSync );
885     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
886          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
887     );
888     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
889     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
890   }
891 
892   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
893   ** on the file.
894   */
895   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
896   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
897 
898   switch( p->eState ){
899     case PAGER_OPEN:
900       assert( !MEMDB );
901       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
902       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
903       break;
904 
905     case PAGER_READER:
906       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
907       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
908       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
909       break;
910 
911     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
912       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
913       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
914       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
915         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
916       }
917       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
918       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
919       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
920       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
921       break;
922 
923     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
924       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
925       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
926       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
927         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
928         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
929         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
930         ** to journal_mode=wal.
931         */
932         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
933         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
934              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
935              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
936         );
937       }
938       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
939       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
940       break;
941 
942     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
943       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
944       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
945       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
946       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
947       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950       );
951       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
952       break;
953 
954     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
955       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
956       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
957       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
958       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
959            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
961       );
962       break;
963 
964     case PAGER_ERROR:
965       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
966       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
967       ** back to OPEN state.
968       */
969       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
970       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
971       break;
972   }
973 
974   return 1;
975 }
976 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
977 
978 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
979 /*
980 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
981 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
982 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
983 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
984 **
985 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
986 */
print_pager_state(Pager * p)987 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
988   static char zRet[1024];
989 
990   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
991       "Filename:      %s\n"
992       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
993       "Lock:          %s\n"
994       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
995       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
996       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
997       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
998       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
999       , p->zFilename
1000       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1001         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1002         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1003         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1004         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1005         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1007       , (int)p->errCode
1008       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1009         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1010         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1011         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1012         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1013       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1014       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1015         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1016         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1017         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1018         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1019         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1020       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1021       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1022       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1023   );
1024 
1025   return zRet;
1026 }
1027 #endif
1028 
1029 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1030 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1031 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1032 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1033 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1034 #endif
1035 
1036 /*
1037 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1038 ** content from the pager.
1039 */
setGetterMethod(Pager * pPager)1040 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1041   if( pPager->errCode ){
1042     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1043 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1044   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1045 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1046    && pPager->xCodec==0
1047 #endif
1048   ){
1049     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1050 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1051   }else{
1052     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1053   }
1054 }
1055 
1056 /*
1057 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1058 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1059 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1060 **
1061 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1062 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1063 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1064 */
subjRequiresPage(PgHdr * pPg)1065 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1066   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1067   PagerSavepoint *p;
1068   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1069   int i;
1070   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1071     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1072     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1073       return 1;
1074     }
1075   }
1076   return 0;
1077 }
1078 
1079 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1080 /*
1081 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1082 */
pageInJournal(Pager * pPager,PgHdr * pPg)1083 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1084   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1085 }
1086 #endif
1087 
1088 /*
1089 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1090 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1091 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1092 **
1093 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1094 */
read32bits(sqlite3_file * fd,i64 offset,u32 * pRes)1095 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1096   unsigned char ac[4];
1097   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1098   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1099     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1100   }
1101   return rc;
1102 }
1103 
1104 /*
1105 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1106 */
1107 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1108 
1109 
1110 /*
1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1112 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1113 */
write32bits(sqlite3_file * fd,i64 offset,u32 val)1114 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1115   char ac[4];
1116   put32bits(ac, val);
1117   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1118 }
1119 
1120 /*
1121 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1122 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1123 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1124 **
1125 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1126 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1127 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1128 */
pagerUnlockDb(Pager * pPager,int eLock)1129 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1130   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1131 
1132   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1133   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1134   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1135   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1136     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1137     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1138     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1139       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1140     }
1141     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1142   }
1143   return rc;
1144 }
1145 
1146 /*
1147 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1148 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1149 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1150 **
1151 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1152 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1153 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1154 ** of this.
1155 */
pagerLockDb(Pager * pPager,int eLock)1156 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1157   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1158 
1159   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1160   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1161     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1162     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1163       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1164       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1165     }
1166   }
1167   return rc;
1168 }
1169 
1170 /*
1171 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1172 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1173 **
1174 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1175 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1176 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1177 **      to the page size.
1178 **
1179 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1180 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1181 ** database.
1182 **
1183 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1184 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1185 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1186 */
1187 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
jrnlBufferSize(Pager * pPager)1188 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1189   assert( !MEMDB );
1190   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1191     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1192     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1193     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1194 
1195     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1196     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1197     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1198     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1199 
1200     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1201     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1202     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1203       return 0;
1204     }
1205   }
1206 
1207   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1208 }
1209 #else
1210 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0
1211 #endif
1212 
1213 /*
1214 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1215 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1216 ** and debugging only.
1217 */
1218 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1219 /*
1220 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1221 */
pager_datahash(int nByte,unsigned char * pData)1222 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1223   u32 hash = 0;
1224   int i;
1225   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1226     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1227   }
1228   return hash;
1229 }
pager_pagehash(PgHdr * pPage)1230 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1231   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1232 }
pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr * pPage)1233 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1234   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1235 }
1236 
1237 /*
1238 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1239 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1240 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1241 */
1242 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
checkPage(PgHdr * pPg)1243 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1244   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1245   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1246   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1247 }
1248 
1249 #else
1250 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1251 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1252 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1253 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1254 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1255 
1256 /*
1257 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1258 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1259 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1260 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1261 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1262 **
1263 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1264 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1265 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1266 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1267 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1268 ** were present in the journal.
1269 **
1270 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1271 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1272 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1273 ** journal file name.
1274 **
1275 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1276 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1277 **
1278 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1279 ** error code is returned.
1280 */
readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file * pJrnl,char * zMaster,u32 nMaster)1281 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1282   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1283   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1284   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1285   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1286   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1287   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1288   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1289 
1290   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1291    || szJ<16
1292    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1293    || len>=nMaster
1294    || len==0
1295    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1296    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1297    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1298    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1299   ){
1300     return rc;
1301   }
1302 
1303   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1304   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1305     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1306   }
1307   if( cksum ){
1308     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1309     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1310     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1311     ** master-journal filename.
1312     */
1313     len = 0;
1314   }
1315   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1316 
1317   return SQLITE_OK;
1318 }
1319 
1320 /*
1321 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1322 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1323 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1324 **
1325 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1326 **
1327 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1328 **   ---------------------------------------
1329 **   0                         0
1330 **   512                       512
1331 **   100                       512
1332 **   2000                      2048
1333 **
1334 */
journalHdrOffset(Pager * pPager)1335 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1336   i64 offset = 0;
1337   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1338   if( c ){
1339     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1340   }
1341   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1342   assert( offset>=c );
1343   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1344   return offset;
1345 }
1346 
1347 /*
1348 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1349 **
1350 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1351 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1352 **
1353 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1354 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1355 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1356 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1357 ** after writing or truncating it.
1358 **
1359 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1360 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1361 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1362 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1363 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1364 **
1365 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1366 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1367 */
zeroJournalHdr(Pager * pPager,int doTruncate)1368 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1369   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1370   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1371   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1372   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1373     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1374 
1375     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1376     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1377       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1378     }else{
1379       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1380       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1381     }
1382     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1383       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1384     }
1385 
1386     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1387     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1388     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1389     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1390     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1391     */
1392     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1393       i64 sz;
1394       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1395       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1396         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1397       }
1398     }
1399   }
1400   return rc;
1401 }
1402 
1403 /*
1404 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1405 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1406 ** current location.
1407 **
1408 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1409 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1410 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1411 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1412 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1413 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1414 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1415 **
1416 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1417 */
writeJournalHdr(Pager * pPager)1418 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1419   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1420   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1421   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1422   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1423   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1424 
1425   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1426 
1427   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1428     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1429   }
1430 
1431   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1432   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1433   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1434   */
1435   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1436     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1437       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1438     }
1439   }
1440 
1441   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1442 
1443   /*
1444   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1445   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1446   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1447   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1448   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1449   **
1450   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1451   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1452   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1453   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1454   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1455   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1456   **
1457   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1458   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1459   **
1460   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1461   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1462   */
1463   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1464   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1465    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1466   ){
1467     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1468     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1469   }else{
1470     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1471   }
1472 
1473   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1474   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1475   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1476   /* The initial database size */
1477   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1478   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1479   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1480 
1481   /* The page size */
1482   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1483 
1484   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1485   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1486   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1487   ** take the performance hit.
1488   */
1489   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1490          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1491 
1492   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1493   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1494   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1495   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1496   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1497   **
1498   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1499   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1500   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1501   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1502   ** is done.
1503   **
1504   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1505   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1506   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1507   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1508   */
1509   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1510     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1511     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1512     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1513     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1514   }
1515 
1516   return rc;
1517 }
1518 
1519 /*
1520 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1521 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1522 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1523 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1524 ** a description of the journal header format.
1525 **
1526 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1527 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1528 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1529 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1530 ** in this case.
1531 **
1532 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1533 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1534 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1535 */
readJournalHdr(Pager * pPager,int isHot,i64 journalSize,u32 * pNRec,u32 * pDbSize)1536 static int readJournalHdr(
1537   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1538   int isHot,
1539   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1540   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1541   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1542 ){
1543   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1544   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1545   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1546 
1547   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1548 
1549   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1550   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1551   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1552   */
1553   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1554   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1555     return SQLITE_DONE;
1556   }
1557   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1558 
1559   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1560   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1561   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1562   ** proceed.
1563   */
1564   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1565     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1566     if( rc ){
1567       return rc;
1568     }
1569     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1570       return SQLITE_DONE;
1571     }
1572   }
1573 
1574   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1575   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1576   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1577   */
1578   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1579    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1580    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1581   ){
1582     return rc;
1583   }
1584 
1585   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1586     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1587     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1588 
1589     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1590     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1591      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1592     ){
1593       return rc;
1594     }
1595 
1596     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1597     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1598     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1599     */
1600     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1601       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1602     }
1603 
1604     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1605     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1606     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1607     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1608     */
1609     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1610      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1611      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1612     ){
1613       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1614       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1615       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1616       ** the journal file here.
1617       */
1618       return SQLITE_DONE;
1619     }
1620 
1621     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1622     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1623     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1624     */
1625     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1626     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1627 
1628     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1629     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1630     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1631     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1632     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1633     */
1634     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1635   }
1636 
1637   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1638   return rc;
1639 }
1640 
1641 
1642 /*
1643 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1644 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1645 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1646 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1647 ** anything is written. The format is:
1648 **
1649 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1650 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1651 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1652 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1653 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1654 **
1655 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1656 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1657 **
1658 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1659 ** this call is a no-op.
1660 */
writeMasterJournal(Pager * pPager,const char * zMaster)1661 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1662   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1663   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1664   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1665   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1666   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1667 
1668   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1669   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1670 
1671   if( !zMaster
1672    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1673    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1674   ){
1675     return SQLITE_OK;
1676   }
1677   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1678   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1679 
1680   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1681   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1682     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1683   }
1684 
1685   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1686   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1687   ** the journal has already been synced.
1688   */
1689   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1690     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1691   }
1692   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1693 
1694   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1695   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1696   */
1697   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1698    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1699    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1700    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1701    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1702                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1703   ){
1704     return rc;
1705   }
1706   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1707 
1708   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1709   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1710   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1711   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1712   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1713   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1714   **
1715   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1716   ** file to the required size.
1717   */
1718   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1719    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1720   ){
1721     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1722   }
1723   return rc;
1724 }
1725 
1726 /*
1727 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1728 */
pager_reset(Pager * pPager)1729 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1730   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1731   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1732   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1733 }
1734 
1735 /*
1736 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1737 */
sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager * pPager)1738 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1739   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1740   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1741 }
1742 
1743 /*
1744 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1745 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1746 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1747 */
releaseAllSavepoints(Pager * pPager)1748 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1749   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1750   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1751     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1752   }
1753   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1754     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1755   }
1756   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1757   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1758   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1759   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1760 }
1761 
1762 /*
1763 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1764 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1765 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1766 */
addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno)1767 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1768   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1769   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1770 
1771   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1772     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1773     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1774       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1775       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1776       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1777     }
1778   }
1779   return rc;
1780 }
1781 
1782 /*
1783 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1784 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1785 ** state.
1786 **
1787 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1788 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1789 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1790 ** closed (if it is open).
1791 **
1792 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1793 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1794 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1795 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1796 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1797 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1798 */
pager_unlock(Pager * pPager)1799 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1800 
1801   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1802        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1803        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1804   );
1805 
1806   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1807   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1808   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1809 
1810   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1811     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1812     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1813     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1814   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1815     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1816     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1817 
1818     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1819     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1820     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1821     ** out from under us.
1822     */
1823     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1824     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1825     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1826     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1827     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1828     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1829     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1830      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1831     ){
1832       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1833     }
1834 
1835     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1836     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1837     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1838     ** is necessary.
1839     */
1840     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1841     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1842       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1843     }
1844 
1845     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1846     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1847     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1848     */
1849     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1850     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1851     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1852   }
1853 
1854   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1855   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1856   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1857   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1858   */
1859   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1860   if( pPager->errCode ){
1861     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1862       pager_reset(pPager);
1863       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1864       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1865     }else{
1866       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1867     }
1868     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1869     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1870     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1871   }
1872 
1873   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1874   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1875   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1876 }
1877 
1878 /*
1879 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1880 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1881 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1882 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1883 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1884 **
1885 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1886 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1887 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1888 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1889 **
1890 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1891 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1892 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1893 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1894 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1895 ** it were a hot-journal).
1896 */
pager_error(Pager * pPager,int rc)1897 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1898   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1899   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1900   assert(
1901        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1902        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1903        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1904   );
1905   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1906     pPager->errCode = rc;
1907     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1908     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1909   }
1910   return rc;
1911 }
1912 
1913 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1914 
1915 /*
1916 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1917 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1918 **
1919 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1920 **
1921 ** Rules:
1922 **
1923 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1924 **      for transactions to be durable.
1925 **
1926 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1927 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1928 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1929 **      cache size.
1930 */
pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager * pPager,int bCommit)1931 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1932   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1933   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1934   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1935   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1936 }
1937 
1938 /*
1939 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1940 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1941 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1942 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1943 ** database transaction.
1944 **
1945 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1946 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1947 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1948 **
1949 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1950 **
1951 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1952 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1953 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1954 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1955 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1956 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1957 **
1958 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1959 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1960 **     in-memory journal.
1961 **
1962 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1963 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1964 **
1965 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1966 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1967 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1968 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1969 **
1970 **   journalMode==DELETE
1971 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1972 **
1973 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1974 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1975 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1976 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1977 **
1978 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1979 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1980 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1981 **
1982 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1983 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1984 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1985 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1986 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1987 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1988 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1989 ** returned.
1990 */
pager_end_transaction(Pager * pPager,int hasMaster,int bCommit)1991 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1992   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1993   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1994 
1995   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1996   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1997   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1998   ** held under two circumstances:
1999   **
2000   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2001   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2002   **
2003   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2004   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2005   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2006   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2007   */
2008   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2009   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2010   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2011     return SQLITE_OK;
2012   }
2013 
2014   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2015   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
2016   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2017     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2018 
2019     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2020     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2021       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2022       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2023     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2024       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2025         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2026       }else{
2027         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2028         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2029           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2030           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2031           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2032           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2033           */
2034           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2035         }
2036       }
2037       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2038     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2039       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2040     ){
2041       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2042       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2043     }else{
2044       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2045       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2046       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2047       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2048       */
2049       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2050       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2051       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2052            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2053            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2054       );
2055       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2056       if( bDelete ){
2057         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2058       }
2059     }
2060   }
2061 
2062 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2063   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2064   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2065     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2066     if( p ){
2067       p->pageHash = 0;
2068       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2069     }
2070   }
2071 #endif
2072 
2073   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2074   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2075   pPager->nRec = 0;
2076   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2077     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2078       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2079     }else{
2080       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2081     }
2082     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2083   }
2084 
2085   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2086     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2087     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2088     ** lock held on the database file.
2089     */
2090     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2091     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2092   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2093     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2094     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2095     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2096     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2097     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2098     ** required size.  */
2099     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2100     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2101   }
2102 
2103   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2104     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2105     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2106   }
2107 
2108   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2109    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2110   ){
2111     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2112     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2113   }
2114   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2115   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2116 
2117   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2118 }
2119 
2120 /*
2121 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2122 ** database file.
2123 **
2124 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2125 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2126 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2127 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2128 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2129 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2130 ** will roll it back.
2131 **
2132 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2133 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2134 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2135 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2136 */
pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager * pPager)2137 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2138   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2139     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2140     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2141       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2142       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2143       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2144     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2145       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2146       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2147     }
2148   }
2149   pager_unlock(pPager);
2150 }
2151 
2152 /*
2153 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2154 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2155 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2156 **
2157 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2158 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2159 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2160 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2161 **
2162 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2163 ** incompatible journal file format.
2164 **
2165 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2166 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2167 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2168 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2169 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2170 */
pager_cksum(Pager * pPager,const u8 * aData)2171 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2172   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2173   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2174   while( i>0 ){
2175     cksum += aData[i];
2176     i -= 200;
2177   }
2178   return cksum;
2179 }
2180 
2181 /*
2182 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2183 ** to the codec.
2184 */
2185 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
pagerReportSize(Pager * pPager)2186 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2187   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2188     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2189                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2190   }
2191 }
2192 #else
2193 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2194 #endif
2195 
2196 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2197 /*
2198 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2199 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2200 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2201 */
sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager * pDest,Pager * pSrc)2202 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2203   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2204     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2205     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2206   }
2207 }
2208 #endif
2209 
2210 /*
2211 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2212 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2213 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2214 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2215 **
2216 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2217 ** not.
2218 **
2219 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2220 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2221 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2222 **
2223 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2224 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2225 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2226 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2227 ** prior to returning.
2228 **
2229 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2230 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2231 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2232 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2233 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2234 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2235 ** two circumstances:
2236 **
2237 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2238 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2239 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2240 **
2241 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2242 **
2243 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2244 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2245 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2246 */
pager_playback_one_page(Pager * pPager,i64 * pOffset,Bitvec * pDone,int isMainJrnl,int isSavepnt)2247 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2248   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2249   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2250   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2251   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2252   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2253 ){
2254   int rc;
2255   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2256   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2257   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2258   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2259   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2260   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2261 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2262   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2263   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2264   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2265 #endif
2266 
2267   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2268   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2269   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2270   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2271 
2272   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2273   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2274   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2275 
2276   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2277   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2278   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2279   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2280   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2281   */
2282   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2283        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2284   );
2285   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2286 
2287   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2288   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2289   */
2290   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2291   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2292   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2293   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2294   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2295   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2296 
2297   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2298   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2299   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2300   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2301   */
2302   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2303     assert( !isSavepnt );
2304     return SQLITE_DONE;
2305   }
2306   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2307     return SQLITE_OK;
2308   }
2309   if( isMainJrnl ){
2310     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2311     if( rc ) return rc;
2312     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2313       return SQLITE_DONE;
2314     }
2315   }
2316 
2317   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2318   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2319   */
2320   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2321     return rc;
2322   }
2323 
2324   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2325   */
2326   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2327     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2328     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2329   }
2330 
2331   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2332   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2333   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2334   **
2335   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2336   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2337   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2338   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2339   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2340   ** assert()able.
2341   **
2342   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2343   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2344   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2345   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2346   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2347   **
2348   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2349   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2350   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2351   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2352   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2353   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2354   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2355   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2356   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2357   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2358   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2359   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2360   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2361   **
2362   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2363   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2364   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2365   */
2366   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2367     pPg = 0;
2368   }else{
2369     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2370   }
2371   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2372   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2373   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2374            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2375            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2376   ));
2377   if( isMainJrnl ){
2378     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2379   }else{
2380     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2381   }
2382   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2383    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2384    && isSynced
2385   ){
2386     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2387     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2388     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2389 
2390     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2391     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2392     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2393     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2394     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2395     ** file.  */
2396 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2397     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2398       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2399       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2400       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2401     }else
2402 #endif
2403     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2404 
2405     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2406       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2407     }
2408     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2409 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2410       if( jrnlEnc ){
2411         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2412         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2413         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2414       }else
2415 #endif
2416       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2417     }
2418   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2419     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2420     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2421     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2422     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2423     ** current.
2424     **
2425     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2426     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2427     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2428     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2429     **
2430     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2431     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2432     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2433     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2434     */
2435     assert( isSavepnt );
2436     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2437     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2438     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2439     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2440     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2441     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2442     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2443   }
2444   if( pPg ){
2445     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2446     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2447     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2448     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2449     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2450     */
2451     void *pData;
2452     pData = pPg->pData;
2453     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2454     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2455     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2456     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2457     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2458     ** has been removed. */
2459     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2460 
2461     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2462     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2463     if( pgno==1 ){
2464       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2465     }
2466 
2467     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2468 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2469     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2470 #endif
2471     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2472   }
2473   return rc;
2474 }
2475 
2476 /*
2477 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2478 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2479 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2480 ** and does so if it is.
2481 **
2482 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2483 ** available for use within this function.
2484 **
2485 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2486 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2487 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2488 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2489 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2490 **
2491 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2492 **
2493 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2494 ** journals have been rolled back.
2495 **
2496 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2497 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2498 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2499 **
2500 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2501 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2502 **     file zMaster
2503 **
2504 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2505 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2506 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2507 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2508 **
2509 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2510 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2511 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2512 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2513 **
2514 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2515 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2516 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2517 ** size.
2518 */
pager_delmaster(Pager * pPager,const char * zMaster)2519 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2520   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2521   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2522   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2523   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2524   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2525   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2526   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2527   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2528   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2529 
2530   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2531   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2532   */
2533   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2534   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2535   if( !pMaster ){
2536     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2537   }else{
2538     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2539     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2540   }
2541   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2542 
2543   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2544   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2545   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2546   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2547   */
2548   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2549   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2550   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2551   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2552   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2553     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2554     goto delmaster_out;
2555   }
2556   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2557   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2558   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2559   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2560 
2561   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2562   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2563     int exists;
2564     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2565     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2566       goto delmaster_out;
2567     }
2568     if( exists ){
2569       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2570       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2571       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2572       */
2573       int c;
2574       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2575       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2576       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2577         goto delmaster_out;
2578       }
2579 
2580       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2581       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2582       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2583         goto delmaster_out;
2584       }
2585 
2586       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2587       if( c ){
2588         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2589         goto delmaster_out;
2590       }
2591     }
2592     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2593   }
2594 
2595   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2596   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2597 
2598 delmaster_out:
2599   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2600   if( pMaster ){
2601     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2602     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2603     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2604   }
2605   return rc;
2606 }
2607 
2608 
2609 /*
2610 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2611 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2612 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2613 **
2614 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2615 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2616 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2617 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2618 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2619 **
2620 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2621 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2622 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2623 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2624 ** the end of the new file instead.
2625 **
2626 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2627 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2628 */
pager_truncate(Pager * pPager,Pgno nPage)2629 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2630   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2631   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2632   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2633 
2634   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2635    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2636   ){
2637     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2638     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2639     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2640     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2641     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2642     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2643     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2644       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2645         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2646       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2647         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2648         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2649         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2650         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2651         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2652       }
2653       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2654         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2655       }
2656     }
2657   }
2658   return rc;
2659 }
2660 
2661 /*
2662 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2663 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2664 */
sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file * pFile)2665 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2666   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2667   if( iRet<32 ){
2668     iRet = 512;
2669   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2670     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2671     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2672   }
2673   return iRet;
2674 }
2675 
2676 /*
2677 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2678 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2679 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2680 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2681 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2682 **
2683 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2684 **
2685 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2686 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2687 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2688 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2689 **
2690 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2691 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2692 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2693 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2694 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2695 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2696 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2697 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2698 */
setSectorSize(Pager * pPager)2699 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2700   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2701 
2702   if( pPager->tempFile
2703    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2704               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2705   ){
2706     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2707     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2708     ** call will segfault. */
2709     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2710   }else{
2711     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2712   }
2713 }
2714 
2715 /*
2716 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2717 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2718 **
2719 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2720 **
2721 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2722 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2723 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2724 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2725 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2726 **       sanity checksum.
2727 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2728 **       database to during a rollback.
2729 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2730 **       is this many bytes in size.
2731 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2732 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2733 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2734 **        +  4 byte page number.
2735 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2736 **        +  4 byte checksum
2737 **
2738 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2739 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2740 **
2741 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2742 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2743 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2744 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2745 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2746 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2747 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2748 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2749 **
2750 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2751 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2752 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2753 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2754 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2755 **
2756 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2757 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2758 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2759 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2760 ** been encountered.
2761 **
2762 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2763 ** and an error code is returned.
2764 **
2765 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2766 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2767 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2768 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2769 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2770 ** needed.
2771 */
pager_playback(Pager * pPager,int isHot)2772 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2773   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2774   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2775   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2776   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2777   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2778   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2779   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2780   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2781   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2782   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2783 
2784   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2785   ** the journal is empty.
2786   */
2787   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2788   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2789   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2790     goto end_playback;
2791   }
2792 
2793   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2794   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2795   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2796   ** played back.
2797   **
2798   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2799   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2800   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2801   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2802   ** for pageSize.
2803   */
2804   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2805   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2806   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2807     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2808   }
2809   zMaster = 0;
2810   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2811     goto end_playback;
2812   }
2813   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2814   needPagerReset = isHot;
2815 
2816   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2817   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2818   ** occurs.
2819   */
2820   while( 1 ){
2821     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2822     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2823     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2824     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2825     */
2826     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2827     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2828       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2829         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2830       }
2831       goto end_playback;
2832     }
2833 
2834     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2835     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2836     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2837     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2838     */
2839     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2840       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2841       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2842     }
2843 
2844     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2845     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2846     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2847     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2848     ** size of the file.
2849     **
2850     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2851     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2852     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2853     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2854     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2855     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2856     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2857     */
2858     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2859         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2860       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2861     }
2862 
2863     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2864     ** database file back to its original size.
2865     */
2866     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2867       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2868       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2869         goto end_playback;
2870       }
2871       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2872     }
2873 
2874     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2875     ** database file and/or page cache.
2876     */
2877     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2878       if( needPagerReset ){
2879         pager_reset(pPager);
2880         needPagerReset = 0;
2881       }
2882       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2883       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2884         nPlayback++;
2885       }else{
2886         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2887           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2888           break;
2889         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2890           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2891           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2892           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2893           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2894           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2895           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2896           goto end_playback;
2897         }else{
2898           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2899           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2900           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2901           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2902           */
2903           goto end_playback;
2904         }
2905       }
2906     }
2907   }
2908   /*NOTREACHED*/
2909   assert( 0 );
2910 
2911 end_playback:
2912   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2913   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2914   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2915   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2916   */
2917 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2918   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2919     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2920   }
2921 #endif
2922 
2923   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2924   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2925   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2926   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2927   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2928   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2929   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2930   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2931   */
2932   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2933 
2934   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2935     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2936     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2937     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2938   }
2939   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2940    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2941   ){
2942     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2943   }
2944   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2945     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2946     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2947   }
2948   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2949     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2950     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2951     */
2952     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2953     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2954   }
2955   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2956     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2957                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2958   }
2959 
2960   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2961   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2962   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2963   */
2964   setSectorSize(pPager);
2965   return rc;
2966 }
2967 
2968 
2969 /*
2970 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2971 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2972 ** file before this function is called.
2973 **
2974 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2975 ** the value read from the database file.
2976 **
2977 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2978 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2979 */
readDbPage(PgHdr * pPg,u32 iFrame)2980 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2981   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2982   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2983   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2984   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2985 
2986   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2987   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2988 
2989 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2990   if( iFrame ){
2991     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2992     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2993   }else
2994 #endif
2995   {
2996     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2997     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2998     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2999       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3000     }
3001   }
3002 
3003   if( pgno==1 ){
3004     if( rc ){
3005       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3006       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3007       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3008       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3009       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3010       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3011       **
3012       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3013       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3014       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3015       ** we should still be ok.
3016       */
3017       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3018     }else{
3019       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3020       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3021     }
3022   }
3023   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3024 
3025   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3026   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3027   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
3028   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3029                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3030 
3031   return rc;
3032 }
3033 
3034 /*
3035 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3036 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3037 **
3038 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3039 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3040 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3041 */
pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr * pPg)3042 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3043   u32 change_counter;
3044 
3045   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3046   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3047   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3048 
3049   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3050   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3051   ** is valid. */
3052   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3053   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3054 }
3055 
3056 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3057 /*
3058 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3059 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3060 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3061 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3062 **
3063 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3064 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3065 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3066 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3067 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3068 */
pagerUndoCallback(void * pCtx,Pgno iPg)3069 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3070   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3071   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3072   PgHdr *pPg;
3073 
3074   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3075   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3076   if( pPg ){
3077     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3078       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3079     }else{
3080       u32 iFrame = 0;
3081       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3082       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3083         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3084       }
3085       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3086         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3087       }
3088       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3089     }
3090   }
3091 
3092   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3093   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3094   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3095   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3096   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3097   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3098   ** the backups must be restarted.
3099   */
3100   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3101 
3102   return rc;
3103 }
3104 
3105 /*
3106 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3107 */
pagerRollbackWal(Pager * pPager)3108 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3109   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3110   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3111 
3112   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3113   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3114   ** following:
3115   **
3116   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3117   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3118   */
3119   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3120   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3121   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3122   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3123     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3124     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3125     pList = pNext;
3126   }
3127 
3128   return rc;
3129 }
3130 
3131 /*
3132 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3133 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3134 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3135 ** changed.
3136 **
3137 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3138 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3139 */
pagerWalFrames(Pager * pPager,PgHdr * pList,Pgno nTruncate,int isCommit)3140 static int pagerWalFrames(
3141   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3142   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3143   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3144   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3145 ){
3146   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3147   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3148   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3149 
3150   assert( pPager->pWal );
3151   assert( pList );
3152 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3153   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3154   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3155     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3156   }
3157 #endif
3158 
3159   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3160   if( isCommit ){
3161     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3162     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3163     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3164     ** list here. */
3165     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3166     nList = 0;
3167     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3168       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3169         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3170         nList++;
3171       }
3172     }
3173     assert( pList );
3174   }else{
3175     nList = 1;
3176   }
3177   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3178 
3179   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3180   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3181       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3182   );
3183   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3184     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3185       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3186     }
3187   }
3188 
3189 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3190   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3191   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3192     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3193   }
3194 #endif
3195 
3196   return rc;
3197 }
3198 
3199 /*
3200 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3201 **
3202 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3203 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3204 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3205 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3206 */
pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager * pPager)3207 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3208   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3209   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3210 
3211   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3212   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3213 
3214   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3215   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3216   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3217   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3218   */
3219   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3220 
3221   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3222   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3223     pager_reset(pPager);
3224     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3225   }
3226 
3227   return rc;
3228 }
3229 #endif
3230 
3231 /*
3232 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3233 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3234 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3235 **
3236 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3237 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3238 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3239 */
pagerPagecount(Pager * pPager,Pgno * pnPage)3240 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3241   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3242 
3243   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3244   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3245   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3246   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3247   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3248   */
3249   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3250   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3251   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3252   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3253   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3254 
3255   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3256   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3257   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3258   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3259   */
3260   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3261     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3262     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3263     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3264       return rc;
3265     }
3266     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3267   }
3268 
3269   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3270   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3271   ** that the file can be read.
3272   */
3273   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3274     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3275   }
3276 
3277   *pnPage = nPage;
3278   return SQLITE_OK;
3279 }
3280 
3281 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3282 /*
3283 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3284 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3285 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3286 **
3287 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3288 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3289 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3290 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3291 **
3292 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3293 **
3294 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3295 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3296 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3297 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3298 ** other connection.
3299 */
pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager * pPager)3300 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3301   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3302   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3303   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3304 
3305   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3306     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3307     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3308         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3309     );
3310     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3311       if( isWal ){
3312         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3313 
3314         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3315         if( rc ) return rc;
3316         if( nPage==0 ){
3317           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3318         }else{
3319           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3320           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3321         }
3322       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3323         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3324       }
3325     }
3326   }
3327   return rc;
3328 }
3329 #endif
3330 
3331 /*
3332 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3333 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3334 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3335 ** savepoint.
3336 **
3337 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3338 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3339 ** performed in the order specified:
3340 **
3341 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3342 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3343 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3344 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3345 **
3346 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3347 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3348 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3349 **
3350 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3351 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3352 **     the journal file.
3353 **
3354 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3355 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3356 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3357 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3358 **
3359 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3360 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3361 **
3362 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3363 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3364 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3365 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3366 */
pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager * pPager,PagerSavepoint * pSavepoint)3367 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3368   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3369   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3370   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3371   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3372 
3373   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3374   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3375 
3376   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3377   if( pSavepoint ){
3378     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3379     if( !pDone ){
3380       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3381     }
3382   }
3383 
3384   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3385   ** being reverted was opened.
3386   */
3387   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3388   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3389 
3390   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3391     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3392   }
3393 
3394   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3395   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3396   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3397   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3398   */
3399   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3400   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3401 
3402   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3403   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3404   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3405   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3406   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3407   ** are played back.
3408   */
3409   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3410     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3411     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3412     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3413       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3414     }
3415     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3416   }else{
3417     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3418   }
3419 
3420   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3421   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3422   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3423   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3424   */
3425   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3426     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3427     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3428     u32 dummy;
3429     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3430     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3431 
3432     /*
3433     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3434     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3435     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3436     */
3437     if( nJRec==0
3438      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3439     ){
3440       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3441     }
3442     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3443       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3444     }
3445     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3446   }
3447   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3448 
3449   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3450   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3451   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3452   */
3453   if( pSavepoint ){
3454     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3455     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3456 
3457     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3458       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3459     }
3460     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3461       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3462       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3463     }
3464     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3465   }
3466 
3467   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3468   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3469     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3470   }
3471 
3472   return rc;
3473 }
3474 
3475 /*
3476 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3477 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3478 */
sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager * pPager,int mxPage)3479 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3480   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3481 }
3482 
3483 /*
3484 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3485 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3486 */
sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager * pPager,int mxPage)3487 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3488   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3489 }
3490 
3491 /*
3492 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3493 */
pagerFixMaplimit(Pager * pPager)3494 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3495 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3496   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3497   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3498     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3499     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3500     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3501     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3502     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3503   }
3504 #endif
3505 }
3506 
3507 /*
3508 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3509 */
sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager * pPager,sqlite3_int64 szMmap)3510 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3511   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3512   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3513 }
3514 
3515 /*
3516 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3517 */
sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager * pPager)3518 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3519   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3520 }
3521 
3522 /*
3523 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3524 **
3525 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3526 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3527 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3528 ** There are four levels:
3529 **
3530 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3531 **              for temporary and transient files.
3532 **
3533 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3534 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3535 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3536 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3537 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3538 **              when it is rolled back.
3539 **
3540 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3541 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3542 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3543 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3544 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3545 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3546 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3547 **
3548 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3549 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3550 **              journal is unlinked.
3551 **
3552 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3553 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3554 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3555 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3556 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3557 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3558 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3559 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3560 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3561 **
3562 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3563 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3564 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3565 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3566 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3567 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3568 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3569 **
3570 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3571 ** and FULL=3.
3572 */
3573 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager * pPager,unsigned pgFlags)3574 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3575   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3576   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3577 ){
3578   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3579   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3580     pPager->noSync = 1;
3581     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3582     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3583   }else{
3584     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3585     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3586     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3587   }
3588   if( pPager->noSync ){
3589     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3590     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3591   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3592     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3593     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3594   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3595     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3596     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3597   }else{
3598     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3599     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3600   }
3601   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3602   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3603     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3604   }
3605   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3606     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3607   }else{
3608     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3609   }
3610 }
3611 #endif
3612 
3613 /*
3614 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3615 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3616 ** testing and analysis only.
3617 */
3618 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3619 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3620 #endif
3621 
3622 /*
3623 ** Open a temporary file.
3624 **
3625 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3626 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3627 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3628 **
3629 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3630 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3631 **
3632 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3633 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3634 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3635 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3636 */
pagerOpentemp(Pager * pPager,sqlite3_file * pFile,int vfsFlags)3637 static int pagerOpentemp(
3638   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3639   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3640   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3641 ){
3642   int rc;               /* Return code */
3643 
3644 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3645   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3646 #endif
3647 
3648   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3649             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3650   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3651   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3652   return rc;
3653 }
3654 
3655 /*
3656 ** Set the busy handler function.
3657 **
3658 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3659 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3660 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3661 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3662 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3663 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3664 **
3665 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3666 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3667 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3668 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3669 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3670 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3671 **
3672 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3673 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3674 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3675 */
sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager * pPager,int (* xBusyHandler)(void *),void * pBusyHandlerArg)3676 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3677   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3678   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3679   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3680 ){
3681   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3682   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3683 
3684   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3685     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3686     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3687     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3688     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3689   }
3690 }
3691 
3692 /*
3693 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3694 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3695 **
3696 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3697 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3698 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3699 **
3700 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3701 **
3702 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3703 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3704 **
3705 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3706 **
3707 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3708 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3709 **
3710 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3711 **
3712 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3713 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3714 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3715 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3716 **
3717 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3718 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3719 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3720 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3721 */
sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager * pPager,u32 * pPageSize,int nReserve)3722 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3723   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3724 
3725   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3726   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3727   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3728   **
3729   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3730   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3731   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3732   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3733   */
3734 
3735   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3736   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3737   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3738    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3739    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3740   ){
3741     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3742     i64 nByte = 0;
3743 
3744     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3745       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3746     }
3747     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3748       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3749       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3750     }
3751 
3752     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3753       pager_reset(pPager);
3754       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3755     }
3756     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3757       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3758       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3759       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3760       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3761     }else{
3762       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3763     }
3764   }
3765 
3766   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3767   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3768     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3769     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3770     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3771     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3772     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3773   }
3774   return rc;
3775 }
3776 
3777 /*
3778 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3779 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3780 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3781 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3782 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3783 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3784 */
sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager * pPager)3785 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3786   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3787 }
3788 
3789 /*
3790 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3791 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3792 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3793 **
3794 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3795 */
sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager * pPager,int mxPage)3796 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3797   if( mxPage>0 ){
3798     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3799   }
3800   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3801   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3802   return pPager->mxPgno;
3803 }
3804 
3805 /*
3806 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3807 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3808 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3809 **
3810 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3811 ** and generate no code.
3812 */
3813 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3814 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3815 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3816 static int saved_cnt;
disable_simulated_io_errors(void)3817 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3818   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3819   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3820 }
enable_simulated_io_errors(void)3821 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3822   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3823 }
3824 #else
3825 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3826 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3827 #endif
3828 
3829 /*
3830 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3831 ** that pDest points to.
3832 **
3833 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3834 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3835 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3836 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3837 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3838 **
3839 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3840 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3841 ** output buffer undefined.
3842 */
sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager * pPager,int N,unsigned char * pDest)3843 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3844   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3845   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3846   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3847 
3848   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3849   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3850   ** to WAL mode yet.
3851   */
3852   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3853 
3854   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3855     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3856     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3857     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3858       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3859     }
3860   }
3861   return rc;
3862 }
3863 
3864 /*
3865 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3866 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3867 **
3868 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3869 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3870 */
sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager * pPager,int * pnPage)3871 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3872   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3873   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3874   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3875 }
3876 
3877 
3878 /*
3879 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3880 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3881 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3882 **
3883 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3884 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3885 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3886 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3887 **
3888 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3889 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3890 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3891 */
pager_wait_on_lock(Pager * pPager,int locktype)3892 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3893   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3894 
3895   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3896   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3897   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3898   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3899   */
3900   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3901        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3902        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3903   );
3904 
3905   do {
3906     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3907   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3908   return rc;
3909 }
3910 
3911 /*
3912 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3913 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3914 **
3915 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3916 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3917 **
3918 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3919 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3920 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3921 **
3922 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3923 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3924 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3925 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3926 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3927 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3928 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3929 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3930 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3931 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3932 */
3933 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr * pPg)3934 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3935   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3936   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3937 }
assertTruncateConstraint(Pager * pPager)3938 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3939   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3940 }
3941 #else
3942 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3943 #endif
3944 
3945 /*
3946 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3947 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3948 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3949 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3950 **
3951 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3952 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3953 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3954 ** then continue writing to the database.
3955 */
sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager * pPager,Pgno nPage)3956 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3957   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3958   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3959   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3960 
3961   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3962   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3963   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3964   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3965   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3966   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3967   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3968   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3969   ** is no longer correct. */
3970 }
3971 
3972 
3973 /*
3974 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3975 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3976 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3977 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3978 **
3979 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3980 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3981 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3982 ** content as this process.
3983 **
3984 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3985 ** an SQLite error code.
3986 */
pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager * pPager)3987 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3988   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3989   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3990     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3991   }
3992   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3993     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3994   }
3995   return rc;
3996 }
3997 
3998 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3999 /*
4000 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4001 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4002 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4003 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4004 ** *ppPage to zero.
4005 **
4006 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4007 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4008 */
pagerAcquireMapPage(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno,void * pData,PgHdr ** ppPage)4009 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4010   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4011   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4012   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4013   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4014 ){
4015   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4016 
4017   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4018     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4019     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4020     p->pDirty = 0;
4021     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4022     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4023   }else{
4024     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4025     if( p==0 ){
4026       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4027       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4028     }
4029     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4030     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4031     p->nRef = 1;
4032     p->pPager = pPager;
4033   }
4034 
4035   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4036   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4037   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4038   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4039   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4040 
4041   p->pgno = pgno;
4042   p->pData = pData;
4043   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4044 
4045   return SQLITE_OK;
4046 }
4047 #endif
4048 
4049 /*
4050 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4051 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4052 */
pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr * pPg)4053 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4054   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4055   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4056   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4057   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4058 
4059   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4060   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4061 }
4062 
4063 /*
4064 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4065 */
pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager * pPager)4066 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4067   PgHdr *p;
4068   PgHdr *pNext;
4069   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4070     pNext = p->pDirty;
4071     sqlite3_free(p);
4072   }
4073 }
4074 
4075 
4076 /*
4077 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4078 **
4079 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4080 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4081 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4082 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4083 ** result in a coredump.
4084 **
4085 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4086 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4087 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4088 ** to the caller.
4089 */
sqlite3PagerClose(Pager * pPager,sqlite3 * db)4090 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4091   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4092 
4093   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4094   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4095   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4096   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4097   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4098   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4099   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4100 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4101   assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4102   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
4103       (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
4104   );
4105   pPager->pWal = 0;
4106 #endif
4107   pager_reset(pPager);
4108   if( MEMDB ){
4109     pager_unlock(pPager);
4110   }else{
4111     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4112     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4113     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4114     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4115     **
4116     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4117     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4118     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4119     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4120     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4121     */
4122     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4123       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4124     }
4125     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4126   }
4127   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4128   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4129   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4130   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4131   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4132   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4133   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4134   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4135 
4136 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4137   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4138 #endif
4139 
4140   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4141   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4142 
4143   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4144   return SQLITE_OK;
4145 }
4146 
4147 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4148 /*
4149 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4150 */
sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage * pPg)4151 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4152   return pPg->pgno;
4153 }
4154 #endif
4155 
4156 /*
4157 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4158 */
sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage * pPg)4159 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4160   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4161 }
4162 
4163 /*
4164 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4165 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4166 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4167 **
4168 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4169 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4170 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4171 **
4172 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4173 **     be taken.
4174 **
4175 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4176 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4177 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4178 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4179 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4180 **
4181 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4182 **     journal file is synced.
4183 **
4184 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4185 **
4186 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4187 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4188 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4189 **       <update nRec field>
4190 **     }
4191 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4192 **   }
4193 **
4194 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4195 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4196 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4197 */
syncJournal(Pager * pPager,int newHdr)4198 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4199   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4200 
4201   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4202        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4203   );
4204   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4205   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4206 
4207   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4208   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4209 
4210   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4211     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4212     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4213       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4214       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4215 
4216       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4217         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4218         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4219         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4220         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4221         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4222         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4223         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4224         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4225         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4226         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4227         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4228         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4229         **
4230         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4231         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4232         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4233         **
4234         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4235         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4236         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4237         ** the potential journal header.
4238         */
4239         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4240         u8 aMagic[8];
4241         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4242 
4243         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4244         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4245 
4246         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4247         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4248         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4249           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4250           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4251         }
4252         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4253           return rc;
4254         }
4255 
4256         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4257         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4258         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4259         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4260         **
4261         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4262         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4263         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4264         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4265         ** and never needs to be updated.
4266         */
4267         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4268           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4269           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4270           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4271           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4272         }
4273         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4274         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4275             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4276         );
4277         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4278       }
4279       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4280         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4281         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4282         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4283           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4284         );
4285         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4286       }
4287 
4288       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4289       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4290         pPager->nRec = 0;
4291         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4292         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4293       }
4294     }else{
4295       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4296     }
4297   }
4298 
4299   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4300   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4301   ** all pages.
4302   */
4303   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4304   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4305   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4306   return SQLITE_OK;
4307 }
4308 
4309 /*
4310 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4311 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4312 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4313 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4314 ** a no-op.
4315 **
4316 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4317 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4318 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4319 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4320 **
4321 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4322 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4323 ** written out.
4324 **
4325 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4326 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4327 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4328 **
4329 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4330 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4331 **
4332 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4333 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4334 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4335 ** the database file.
4336 **
4337 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4338 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4339 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4340 */
pager_write_pagelist(Pager * pPager,PgHdr * pList)4341 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4342   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4343 
4344   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4345   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4346   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4347   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4348   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4349 
4350   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4351   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4352   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4353   */
4354   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4355     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4356     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4357   }
4358 
4359   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4360   ** file size will be.
4361   */
4362   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4363   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4364    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4365    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4366   ){
4367     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4368     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4369     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4370   }
4371 
4372   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4373     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4374 
4375     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4376     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4377     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4378     ** any such pages to the file.
4379     **
4380     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4381     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4382     */
4383     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4384       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4385       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4386 
4387       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4388       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4389 
4390       /* Encode the database */
4391       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4392 
4393       /* Write out the page data. */
4394       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4395 
4396       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4397       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4398       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4399       */
4400       if( pgno==1 ){
4401         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4402       }
4403       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4404         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4405       }
4406       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4407 
4408       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4409       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4410 
4411       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4412                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4413       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4414       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4415     }else{
4416       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4417     }
4418     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4419     pList = pList->pDirty;
4420   }
4421 
4422   return rc;
4423 }
4424 
4425 /*
4426 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4427 ** function is a no-op.
4428 **
4429 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4430 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4431 ** fails.
4432 */
openSubJournal(Pager * pPager)4433 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4434   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4435   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4436     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4437       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4438       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4439     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4440     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4441       nStmtSpill = -1;
4442     }
4443     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4444   }
4445   return rc;
4446 }
4447 
4448 /*
4449 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4450 **
4451 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4452 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4453 **
4454 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4455 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4456 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4457 ** bitvec.
4458 */
subjournalPage(PgHdr * pPg)4459 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4460   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4461   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4462   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4463 
4464     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4465     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4466     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4467     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4468     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4469          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4470          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4471     );
4472     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4473 
4474     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4475     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4476     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4477       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4478       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4479       char *pData2;
4480 
4481 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4482       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4483         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4484       }else
4485 #endif
4486       pData2 = pData;
4487       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4488       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4489       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4490         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4491       }
4492     }
4493   }
4494   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4495     pPager->nSubRec++;
4496     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4497     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4498   }
4499   return rc;
4500 }
subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr * pPg)4501 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4502   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4503     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4504   }else{
4505     return SQLITE_OK;
4506   }
4507 }
4508 
4509 /*
4510 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4511 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4512 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4513 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4514 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4515 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4516 ** argument.
4517 **
4518 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4519 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4520 ** journal file.
4521 **
4522 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4523 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4524 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4525 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4526 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4527 */
pagerStress(void * p,PgHdr * pPg)4528 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4529   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4530   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4531 
4532   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4533   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4534 
4535   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4536   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4537   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4538   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4539   **
4540   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4541   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4542   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4543   **
4544   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4545   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4546   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4547   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4548   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4549   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4550   */
4551   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4552   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4553   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4554   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4555   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4556    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4557       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4558   ){
4559     return SQLITE_OK;
4560   }
4561 
4562   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4563   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4564     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4565     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4566     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4567       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4568     }
4569   }else{
4570 
4571     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4572     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4573      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4574     ){
4575       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4576     }
4577 
4578     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4579     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4580       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4581       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4582     }
4583   }
4584 
4585   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4586   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4587     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4588     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4589   }
4590 
4591   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4592 }
4593 
4594 /*
4595 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4596 */
sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager * pPager)4597 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4598   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4599   if( !MEMDB ){
4600     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4601     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4602     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4603       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4604       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4605         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4606       }
4607       pList = pNext;
4608     }
4609   }
4610 
4611   return rc;
4612 }
4613 
4614 /*
4615 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4616 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4617 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4618 **
4619 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4620 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4621 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4622 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4623 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4624 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4625 **
4626 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4627 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4628 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4629 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4630 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4631 **
4632 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4633 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4634 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4635 **
4636 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4637 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4638 **
4639 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4640 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4641 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4642 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4643 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4644 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4645 */
sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs * pVfs,Pager ** ppPager,const char * zFilename,int nExtra,int flags,int vfsFlags,void (* xReinit)(DbPage *))4646 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4647   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4648   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4649   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4650   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4651   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4652   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4653   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4654 ){
4655   u8 *pPtr;
4656   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4657   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4658   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4659   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4660   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4661   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4662   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4663   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4664   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4665   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4666   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4667   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4668   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4669 
4670   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4671   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4672   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4673 
4674   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4675   *ppPager = 0;
4676 
4677 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4678   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4679     memDb = 1;
4680     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4681       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4682       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4683       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4684       zFilename = 0;
4685     }
4686   }
4687 #endif
4688 
4689   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4690   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4691   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4692   */
4693   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4694     const char *z;
4695     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4696     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4697     if( zPathname==0 ){
4698       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4699     }
4700     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4701     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4702     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4703     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4704     while( *z ){
4705       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4706       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4707     }
4708     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4709     assert( nUri>=0 );
4710     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4711       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4712       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4713       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4714       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4715       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4716       */
4717       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4718     }
4719     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4720       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4721       return rc;
4722     }
4723   }
4724 
4725   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4726   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4727   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4728   **
4729   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4730   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4731   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4732   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4733   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4734   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4735   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4736   */
4737   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4738     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4739     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4740     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4741     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4742     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4743     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4744 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4745     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4746 #endif
4747   );
4748   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4749   if( !pPtr ){
4750     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4751     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4752   }
4753   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4754   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4755   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4756   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4757   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4758   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4759   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4760 
4761   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4762   if( zPathname ){
4763     assert( nPathname>0 );
4764     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4765     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4766     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4767     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4768     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4769     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4770 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4771     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4772     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4773     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4774     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4775 #endif
4776     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4777   }
4778   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4779   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4780 
4781   /* Open the pager file.
4782   */
4783   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4784     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4785     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4786     assert( !memDb );
4787     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4788 
4789     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4790     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4791     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4792     **
4793     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4794     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4795     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4796     */
4797     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4798       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4799       if( !readOnly ){
4800         setSectorSize(pPager);
4801         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4802         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4803           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4804             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4805           }else{
4806             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4807           }
4808         }
4809 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4810         {
4811           int ii;
4812           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4813           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4814           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4815           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4816             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4817               szPageDflt = ii;
4818             }
4819           }
4820         }
4821 #endif
4822       }
4823       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4824       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4825        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4826           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4827           goto act_like_temp_file;
4828       }
4829     }
4830   }else{
4831     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4832     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4833     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4834     **
4835     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4836     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4837     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4838     **
4839     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4840     */
4841 act_like_temp_file:
4842     tempFile = 1;
4843     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4844     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4845     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4846     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4847   }
4848 
4849   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4850   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4851   */
4852   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4853     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4854     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4855     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4856   }
4857 
4858   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4859   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4860     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4861     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4862     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4863                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4864   }
4865 
4866   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4867   */
4868   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4869     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4870     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4871     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4872     return rc;
4873   }
4874 
4875   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4876   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4877 
4878   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4879   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4880   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4881   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4882   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4883   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4884   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4885   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4886   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4887   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4888   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4889   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4890           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4891   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4892   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4893   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4894   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4895   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4896   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4897   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4898   if( pPager->noSync ){
4899     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4900     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4901     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4902     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4903     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4904   }else{
4905     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4906     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4907     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4908     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4909     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4910   }
4911   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4912   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4913   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4914   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4915   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4916   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4917   setSectorSize(pPager);
4918   if( !useJournal ){
4919     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4920   }else if( memDb ){
4921     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4922   }
4923   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4924   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4925   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4926   setGetterMethod(pPager);
4927   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4928   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4929 
4930   *ppPager = pPager;
4931   return SQLITE_OK;
4932 }
4933 
4934 
4935 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4936 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4937 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4938 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4939 */
databaseIsUnmoved(Pager * pPager)4940 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4941   int bHasMoved = 0;
4942   int rc;
4943 
4944   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4945   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4946   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4947   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4948   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4949     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4950     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4951     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4952     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4953   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4954     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4955   }
4956   return rc;
4957 }
4958 
4959 
4960 /*
4961 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4962 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4963 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4964 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4965 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4966 **
4967 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4968 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4969 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4970 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4971 **
4972 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4973 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4974 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4975 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4976 ** is returned.
4977 **
4978 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4979 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4980 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4981 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4982 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4983 ** will not roll it back.
4984 **
4985 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4986 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4987 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4988 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4989 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4990 */
hasHotJournal(Pager * pPager,int * pExists)4991 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4992   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4993   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4994   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4995   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4996 
4997   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4998   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4999   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5000 
5001   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5002     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5003   ));
5004 
5005   *pExists = 0;
5006   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5007     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5008   }
5009   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5010     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5011 
5012     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5013     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5014     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5015     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5016     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5017     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5018     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5019     */
5020     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5021     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5022       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5023 
5024       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5025       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5026       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5027         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5028         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5029         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5030         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5031         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5032         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5033         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5034         */
5035         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5036           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5037           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5038             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5039             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5040           }
5041           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5042         }else{
5043           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5044           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5045           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5046           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5047           ** it can be ignored.
5048           */
5049           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5050             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5051             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5052           }
5053           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5054             u8 first = 0;
5055             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5056             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5057               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5058             }
5059             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5060               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5061             }
5062             *pExists = (first!=0);
5063           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5064             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5065             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5066             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5067             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5068             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5069             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5070             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5071             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5072             */
5073             *pExists = 1;
5074             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5075           }
5076         }
5077       }
5078     }
5079   }
5080 
5081   return rc;
5082 }
5083 
5084 /*
5085 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5086 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5087 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5088 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5089 **
5090 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5091 **
5092 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5093 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5094 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5095 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5096 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5097 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5098 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5099 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5100 **
5101 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5102 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5103 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5104 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5105 **      file.
5106 **
5107 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5108 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5109 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5110 */
sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager * pPager)5111 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5112   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5113 
5114   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5115   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5116   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5117   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5118   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5119   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5120   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5121   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5122 
5123   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5124     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5125 
5126     assert( !MEMDB );
5127     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5128 
5129     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5130     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5131       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5132       goto failed;
5133     }
5134 
5135     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5136     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5137     */
5138     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5139       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5140     }
5141     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5142       goto failed;
5143     }
5144     if( bHotJournal ){
5145       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5146         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5147         goto failed;
5148       }
5149 
5150       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5151       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5152       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5153       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5154       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5155       ** hot-journal back.
5156       **
5157       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5158       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5159       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5160       ** on the database file.
5161       **
5162       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5163       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5164       */
5165       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5166       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5167         goto failed;
5168       }
5169 
5170       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5171       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5172       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5173       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5174       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5175       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5176       **
5177       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5178       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5179       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5180       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5181       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5182       */
5183       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5184         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5185         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5186         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5187             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5188         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5189           int fout = 0;
5190           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5191           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5192           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5193           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5194           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5195             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5196             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5197           }
5198         }
5199       }
5200 
5201       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5202       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5203       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5204       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5205       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5206       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5207       ** the journal before playing it back.
5208       */
5209       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5210         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5211         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5212         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5213           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5214           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5215         }
5216       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5217         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5218       }
5219 
5220       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5221         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5222         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5223         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5224         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5225         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5226         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5227         **
5228         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5229         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5230         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5231         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5232         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5233         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5234         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5235         ** references.
5236         */
5237         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5238         goto failed;
5239       }
5240 
5241       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5242       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5243            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5244       );
5245     }
5246 
5247     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5248       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5249       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5250       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5251       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5252       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5253       **
5254       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5255       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5256       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5257       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5258       ** a codec is in use.
5259       **
5260       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5261       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5262       ** it can be neglected.
5263       */
5264       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5265 
5266       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5267       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5268       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5269         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5270           goto failed;
5271         }
5272         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5273       }
5274 
5275       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5276         pager_reset(pPager);
5277 
5278         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5279         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5280         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5281         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5282         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5283         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5284         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5285           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5286         }
5287       }
5288     }
5289 
5290     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5291     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5292     */
5293     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5294 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5295     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5296 #endif
5297   }
5298 
5299   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5300     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5301     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5302   }
5303 
5304   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5305     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5306   }
5307 
5308  failed:
5309   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5310     assert( !MEMDB );
5311     pager_unlock(pPager);
5312     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5313   }else{
5314     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5315     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5316   }
5317   return rc;
5318 }
5319 
5320 /*
5321 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5322 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5323 **
5324 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5325 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5326 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5327 */
pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager * pPager)5328 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5329   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5330     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5331   }
5332 }
5333 
5334 /*
5335 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5336 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5337 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5338 **
5339 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5340 ** on the current state of the pager.
5341 **
5342 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5343 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5344 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5345 **
5346 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5347 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5348 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5349 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5350 ** object with no outstanding references.
5351 **
5352 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5353 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5354 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5355 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5356 **
5357 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5358 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5359 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5360 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5361 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5362 **
5363 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5364 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5365 **
5366 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5367 **
5368 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5369 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5370 **      from the savepoint journal.
5371 **
5372 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5373 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5374 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5375 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5376 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5377 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5378 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5379 **
5380 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5381 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5382 **
5383 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5384 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5385 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5386 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5387 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5388 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5389 ** or journal files.
5390 */
getPageNormal(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno,DbPage ** ppPage,int flags)5391 static int getPageNormal(
5392   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5393   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5394   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5395   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5396 ){
5397   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5398   PgHdr *pPg;
5399   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5400   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5401 
5402   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5403   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5404   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5405   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5406 
5407   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5408   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5409   if( pBase==0 ){
5410     pPg = 0;
5411     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5412     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5413     if( pBase==0 ){
5414       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5415       goto pager_acquire_err;
5416     }
5417   }
5418   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5419   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5420   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5421   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5422 
5423   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5424   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5425     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5426     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5427     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5428     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5429     return SQLITE_OK;
5430 
5431   }else{
5432     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5433     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5434     **
5435     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5436     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5437     */
5438     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5439       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5440       goto pager_acquire_err;
5441     }
5442 
5443     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5444 
5445     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5446     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5447       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5448         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5449         goto pager_acquire_err;
5450       }
5451       if( noContent ){
5452         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5453         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5454         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5455         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5456         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5457         */
5458         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5459         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5460           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5461           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5462         }
5463         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5464         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5465         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5466       }
5467       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5468       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5469     }else{
5470       u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5471       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5472         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5473         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5474       }
5475       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5476       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5477       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5478       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5479         goto pager_acquire_err;
5480       }
5481     }
5482     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5483   }
5484   return SQLITE_OK;
5485 
5486 pager_acquire_err:
5487   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5488   if( pPg ){
5489     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5490   }
5491   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5492   *ppPage = 0;
5493   return rc;
5494 }
5495 
5496 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5497 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
getPageMMap(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno,DbPage ** ppPage,int flags)5498 static int getPageMMap(
5499   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5500   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5501   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5502   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5503 ){
5504   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5505   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5506   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5507 
5508   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5509   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5510   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5511   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5512   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5513    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5514   );
5515 
5516   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5517 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5518   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5519 #endif
5520 
5521   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5522   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5523   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5524   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5525   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5526     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5527   }
5528   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5529   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5530   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5531   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5532 
5533   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5534     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5535     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5536       *ppPage = 0;
5537       return rc;
5538     }
5539   }
5540   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5541     void *pData = 0;
5542     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5543         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5544     );
5545     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5546       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5547         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5548       }
5549       if( pPg==0 ){
5550         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5551      }else{
5552         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5553       }
5554       if( pPg ){
5555         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5556         *ppPage = pPg;
5557         return SQLITE_OK;
5558       }
5559     }
5560     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5561       *ppPage = 0;
5562       return rc;
5563     }
5564   }
5565   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5566 }
5567 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5568 
5569 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
getPageError(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno,DbPage ** ppPage,int flags)5570 static int getPageError(
5571   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5572   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5573   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5574   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5575 ){
5576   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5577   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5578   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5579   *ppPage = 0;
5580   return pPager->errCode;
5581 }
5582 
5583 
5584 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5585 */
sqlite3PagerGet(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno,DbPage ** ppPage,int flags)5586 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5587   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5588   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5589   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5590   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5591 ){
5592   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5593 }
5594 
5595 /*
5596 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5597 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5598 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5599 **
5600 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5601 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5602 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5603 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5604 ** has ever happened.
5605 */
sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno)5606 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5607   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5608   assert( pPager!=0 );
5609   assert( pgno!=0 );
5610   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5611   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5612   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5613   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5614   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5615 }
5616 
5617 /*
5618 ** Release a page reference.
5619 **
5620 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5621 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5622 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5623 ** removed.
5624 */
sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage * pPg)5625 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5626   Pager *pPager;
5627   assert( pPg!=0 );
5628   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5629   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5630     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5631   }else{
5632     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5633   }
5634   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5635 }
sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage * pPg)5636 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5637   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5638 }
5639 
5640 /*
5641 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5642 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5643 ** file when this routine is called.
5644 **
5645 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5646 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5647 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5648 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5649 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5650 **
5651 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5652 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5653 ** already open file.
5654 **
5655 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5656 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5657 **
5658 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5659 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5660 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5661 */
pager_open_journal(Pager * pPager)5662 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5663   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5664   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5665 
5666   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5667   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5668   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5669 
5670   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5671   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5672   ** an error state. */
5673   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5674 
5675   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5676     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5677     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5678       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5679     }
5680 
5681     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5682     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5683       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5684         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5685       }else{
5686         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5687         int nSpill;
5688 
5689         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5690           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5691           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5692         }else{
5693           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5694           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5695         }
5696 
5697         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5698         ** it was originally opened. */
5699         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5700         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5701           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5702               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5703           );
5704         }
5705       }
5706       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5707     }
5708 
5709 
5710     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5711     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5712     */
5713     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5714       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5715       pPager->nRec = 0;
5716       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5717       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5718       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5719       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5720     }
5721   }
5722 
5723   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5724     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5725     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5726   }else{
5727     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5728     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5729   }
5730 
5731   return rc;
5732 }
5733 
5734 /*
5735 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5736 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5737 **
5738 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5739 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5740 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5741 ** functions need be called.
5742 **
5743 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5744 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5745 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5746 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5747 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5748 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5749 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5750 */
sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager * pPager,int exFlag,int subjInMemory)5751 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5752   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5753 
5754   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5755   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5756   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5757 
5758   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5759     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5760 
5761     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5762       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5763       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5764       */
5765       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5766         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5767         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5768           return rc;
5769         }
5770         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5771       }
5772 
5773       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5774       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5775       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5776       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5777       */
5778       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5779     }else{
5780       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5781       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5782       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5783       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5784       */
5785       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5786       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5787         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5788       }
5789     }
5790 
5791     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5792       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5793       **
5794       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5795       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5796       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5797       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5798       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5799       ** WAL mode.
5800       */
5801       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5802       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5803       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5804       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5805       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5806     }
5807 
5808     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5809     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5810     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5811   }
5812 
5813   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5814   return rc;
5815 }
5816 
5817 /*
5818 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5819 */
pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr * pPg)5820 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5821   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5822   int rc;
5823   u32 cksum;
5824   char *pData2;
5825   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5826 
5827   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5828   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5829   ** that we do not. */
5830   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5831 
5832   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5833   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5834   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5835 
5836   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5837   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5838   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5839   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5840   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5841   ** then corruption may follow.
5842   */
5843   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5844 
5845   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5846   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5847   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5848   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5849   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5850   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5851 
5852   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5853            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5854   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5855   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5856        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5857        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5858 
5859   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5860   pPager->nRec++;
5861   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5862   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5863   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5864   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5865   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5866   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5867   return rc;
5868 }
5869 
5870 /*
5871 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5872 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5873 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5874 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5875 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5876 */
pager_write(PgHdr * pPg)5877 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5878   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5879   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5880 
5881   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5882   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5883   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5884   */
5885   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5886        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5887        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5888   );
5889   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5890   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5891   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5892   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5893 
5894   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5895   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5896   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5897   **
5898   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5899   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5900   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5901   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5902   */
5903   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5904     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5905     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5906   }
5907   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5908   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5909 
5910   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5911   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5912 
5913   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5914   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5915   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5916   */
5917   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5918   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5919    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5920   ){
5921     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5922     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5923       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5924       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5925         return rc;
5926       }
5927     }else{
5928       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5929         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5930       }
5931       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5932               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5933              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5934     }
5935   }
5936 
5937   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5938   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5939   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5940   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5941   */
5942   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5943 
5944   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5945   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5946   */
5947   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5948     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5949   }
5950 
5951   /* Update the database size and return. */
5952   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5953     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5954   }
5955   return rc;
5956 }
5957 
5958 /*
5959 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5960 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5961 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5962 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5963 ** a write.
5964 **
5965 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5966 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5967 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5968 */
pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr * pPg)5969 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5970   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5971   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5972   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5973   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5974   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5975   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5976   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5977   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5978 
5979   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5980   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5981   ** this function.
5982   */
5983   assert( !MEMDB );
5984   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5985   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5986 
5987   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5988   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5989   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5990   */
5991   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5992 
5993   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5994   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5995     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5996   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5997     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5998   }else{
5999     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6000   }
6001   assert(nPage>0);
6002   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6003   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6004 
6005   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6006     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6007     PgHdr *pPage;
6008     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6009       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6010         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6011         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6012           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6013           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6014             needSync = 1;
6015           }
6016           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6017         }
6018       }
6019     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6020       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6021         needSync = 1;
6022       }
6023       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6024     }
6025   }
6026 
6027   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6028   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6029   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6030   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6031   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6032   */
6033   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6034     assert( !MEMDB );
6035     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6036       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6037       if( pPage ){
6038         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6039         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6040       }
6041     }
6042   }
6043 
6044   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6045   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6046   return rc;
6047 }
6048 
6049 /*
6050 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6051 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6052 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6053 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6054 **
6055 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6056 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6057 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6058 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6059 **
6060 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6061 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6062 */
sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr * pPg)6063 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6064   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6065   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6066   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6067   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6068   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6069     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6070     return SQLITE_OK;
6071   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6072     return pPager->errCode;
6073   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6074     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6075     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6076   }else{
6077     return pager_write(pPg);
6078   }
6079 }
6080 
6081 /*
6082 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6083 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6084 ** to change the content of the page.
6085 */
6086 #ifndef NDEBUG
sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage * pPg)6087 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6088   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6089 }
6090 #endif
6091 
6092 /*
6093 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6094 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6095 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6096 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6097 ** content no longer matters.
6098 **
6099 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6100 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6101 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6102 **
6103 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6104 ** DELETE operations.
6105 **
6106 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6107 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6108 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6109 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6110 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6111 */
sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr * pPg)6112 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6113   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6114   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6115     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6116     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6117     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6118     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6119     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6120     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6121   }
6122 }
6123 
6124 /*
6125 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6126 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6127 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6128 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6129 **
6130 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6131 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6132 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6133 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6134 **
6135 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6136 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6137 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6138 ** transaction is committed.
6139 **
6140 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6141 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6142 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6143 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6144 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6145 */
pager_incr_changecounter(Pager * pPager,int isDirectMode)6146 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6147   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6148 
6149   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6150        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6151   );
6152   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6153 
6154   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6155   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6156   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6157   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6158   **
6159   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6160   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6161   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6162   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6163   */
6164 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6165 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6166   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6167   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6168 #else
6169 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6170 #endif
6171 
6172   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6173     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6174 
6175     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6176 
6177     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6178     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6179     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6180 
6181     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6182     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6183     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6184     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6185     */
6186     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6187       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6188     }
6189 
6190     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6191       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6192       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6193 
6194       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6195       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6196         const void *zBuf;
6197         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6198         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6199         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6200           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6201           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6202         }
6203         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6204           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6205           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6206           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6207           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6208           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6209           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6210         }
6211       }else{
6212         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6213       }
6214     }
6215 
6216     /* Release the page reference. */
6217     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6218   }
6219   return rc;
6220 }
6221 
6222 /*
6223 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6224 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6225 **
6226 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6227 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6228 */
sqlite3PagerSync(Pager * pPager,const char * zMaster)6229 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6230   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6231 
6232   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6233     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6234     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6235     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6236   }
6237   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6238     assert( !MEMDB );
6239     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6240   }
6241   return rc;
6242 }
6243 
6244 /*
6245 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6246 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6247 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6248 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6249 **
6250 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6251 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6252 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6253 ** returned.
6254 */
sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager * pPager)6255 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6256   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6257   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6258   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6259     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6260          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6261          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6262     );
6263     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6264     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6265       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6266     }
6267   }
6268   return rc;
6269 }
6270 
6271 /*
6272 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6273 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6274 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6275 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6276 **
6277 ** This routine ensures that:
6278 **
6279 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6280 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6281 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6282 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6283 **   * the database file synced.
6284 **
6285 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6286 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6287 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6288 **
6289 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6290 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6291 **
6292 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6293 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6294 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6295 ** journal file in this case.
6296 */
sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager * pPager,const char * zMaster,int noSync)6297 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6298   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6299   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6300   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6301 ){
6302   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6303 
6304   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6305        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6306        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6307        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6308   );
6309   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6310 
6311   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6312   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6313 
6314   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6315   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6316 
6317   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6318       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6319 
6320   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6321   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6322 
6323   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6324   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6325   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6326     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6327     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6328     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6329     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6330   }else{
6331     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6332       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6333       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6334       if( pList==0 ){
6335         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6336         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6337         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6338         pList = pPageOne;
6339         pList->pDirty = 0;
6340       }
6341       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6342       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6343         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6344       }
6345       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6346       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6347         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6348       }
6349     }else{
6350       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6351       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6352       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6353       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6354       **
6355       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6356       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6357       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6358       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6359       **
6360       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6361       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6362       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6363       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6364       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6365       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6366       ** mode.
6367       **
6368       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6369       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6370       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6371       ** created for this transaction.
6372       */
6373   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6374       PgHdr *pPg;
6375       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6376            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6377            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6378       );
6379       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6380        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6381        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6382        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6383       ){
6384         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6385         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6386         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6387         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6388         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6389         */
6390         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6391       }else{
6392         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6393         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6394           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6395         }
6396       }
6397   #else
6398       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6399   #endif
6400       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6401 
6402       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6403       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6404       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6405       */
6406       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6407       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6408 
6409       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6410       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6411       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6412       **
6413       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6414       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6415       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6416       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6417       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6418       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6419       */
6420       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6421       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6422 
6423       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6424       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6425         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6426         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6427       }
6428       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6429 
6430       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6431       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6432       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6433       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6434       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6435       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6436       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6437         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6438         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6439         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6440         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6441       }
6442 
6443       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6444       if( !noSync ){
6445         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6446       }
6447       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6448     }
6449   }
6450 
6451 commit_phase_one_exit:
6452   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6453     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6454   }
6455   return rc;
6456 }
6457 
6458 
6459 /*
6460 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6461 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6462 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6463 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6464 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6465 **
6466 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6467 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6468 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6469 ** irrevocably committed.
6470 **
6471 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6472 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6473 */
sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager * pPager)6474 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6475   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6476 
6477   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6478   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6479   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6480   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6481 
6482   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6483        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6484        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6485   );
6486   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6487 
6488   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6489   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6490   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6491   **
6492   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6493   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6494   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6495   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6496   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6497   ** to drop any locks either.
6498   */
6499   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6500    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6501    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6502   ){
6503     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6504     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6505     return SQLITE_OK;
6506   }
6507 
6508   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6509   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6510   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6511   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6512 }
6513 
6514 /*
6515 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6516 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6517 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6518 ** state if an error occurs.
6519 **
6520 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6521 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6522 **
6523 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6524 **
6525 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6526 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6527 **      was opened, and
6528 **
6529 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6530 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6531 **
6532 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6533 ** rollback is successful.
6534 **
6535 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6536 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6537 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6538 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6539 */
sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager * pPager)6540 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6541   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6542   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6543 
6544   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6545   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6546   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6547   */
6548   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6549   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6550   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6551 
6552   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6553     int rc2;
6554     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6555     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6556     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6557   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6558     int eState = pPager->eState;
6559     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6560     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6561       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6562       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6563       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6564       */
6565       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6566       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6567       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6568       return rc;
6569     }
6570   }else{
6571     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6572   }
6573 
6574   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6575   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6576           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6577           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6578   );
6579 
6580   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6581   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6582   */
6583   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6584 }
6585 
6586 /*
6587 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6588 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6589 */
sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager * pPager)6590 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6591   return pPager->readOnly;
6592 }
6593 
6594 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6595 /*
6596 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6597 */
sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager * pPager)6598 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6599   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6600 }
6601 #endif
6602 
6603 /*
6604 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6605 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6606 */
sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager * pPager)6607 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6608   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6609                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6610   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6611            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6612            + pPager->pageSize;
6613 }
6614 
6615 /*
6616 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6617 */
sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage * pPage)6618 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6619   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6620 }
6621 
6622 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6623 /*
6624 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6625 */
sqlite3PagerStats(Pager * pPager)6626 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6627   static int a[11];
6628   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6629   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6630   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6631   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6632   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6633   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6634   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6635   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6636   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6637   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6638   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6639   return a;
6640 }
6641 #endif
6642 
6643 /*
6644 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6645 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6646 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6647 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6648 ** returning.
6649 */
sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager * pPager,int eStat,int reset,int * pnVal)6650 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6651 
6652   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6653        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6654        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6655   );
6656 
6657   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6658   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6659   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6660 
6661   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6662   if( reset ){
6663     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6664   }
6665 }
6666 
6667 /*
6668 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6669 */
sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager * pPager)6670 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6671   return pPager->tempFile;
6672 }
6673 
6674 /*
6675 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6676 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6677 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6678 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6679 **
6680 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6681 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6682 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6683 */
pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager * pPager,int nSavepoint)6684 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6685   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6686   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6687   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6688   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6689 
6690   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6691   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6692   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6693 
6694   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6695   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6696   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6697   */
6698   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6699       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6700   );
6701   if( !aNew ){
6702     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6703   }
6704   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6705   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6706 
6707   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6708   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6709     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6710     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6711       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6712     }else{
6713       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6714     }
6715     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6716     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6717     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6718       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6719     }
6720     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6721       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6722     }
6723     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6724   }
6725   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6726   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6727   return rc;
6728 }
sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager * pPager,int nSavepoint)6729 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6730   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6731   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6732 
6733   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6734     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6735   }else{
6736     return SQLITE_OK;
6737   }
6738 }
6739 
6740 
6741 /*
6742 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6743 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6744 ** created savepoint.
6745 **
6746 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6747 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6748 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6749 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6750 **
6751 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6752 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6753 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6754 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6755 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6756 **
6757 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6758 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6759 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6760 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6761 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6762 **
6763 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6764 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6765 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6766 **
6767 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6768 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6769 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6770 */
sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager * pPager,int op,int iSavepoint)6771 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6772   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6773 
6774 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6775   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6776 #endif
6777 
6778   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6779   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6780 
6781   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6782     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6783     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6784 
6785     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6786     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6787     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6788     */
6789     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6790     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6791       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6792     }
6793     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6794 
6795     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6796     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6797     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6798       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6799         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6800         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6801           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6802           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6803         }
6804         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6805       }
6806     }
6807     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6808     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6809     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6810     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6811     */
6812     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6813       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6814       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6815       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6816     }
6817 
6818 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6819     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6820     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6821     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6822     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6823     else if(
6824         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6825      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6826     ){
6827       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6828       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6829       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6830     }
6831 #endif
6832   }
6833 
6834   return rc;
6835 }
6836 
6837 /*
6838 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6839 **
6840 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6841 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6842 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6843 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6844 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6845 ** participate in shared-cache.
6846 */
sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager * pPager,int nullIfMemDb)6847 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6848   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6849 }
6850 
6851 /*
6852 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6853 */
sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager * pPager)6854 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6855   return pPager->pVfs;
6856 }
6857 
6858 /*
6859 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6860 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6861 ** not yet been opened.
6862 */
sqlite3PagerFile(Pager * pPager)6863 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6864   return pPager->fd;
6865 }
6866 
6867 /*
6868 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6869 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6870 */
sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager * pPager)6871 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6872 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6873   return pPager->jfd;
6874 #else
6875   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6876 #endif
6877 }
6878 
6879 /*
6880 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6881 */
sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager * pPager)6882 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6883   return pPager->zJournal;
6884 }
6885 
6886 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6887 /*
6888 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6889 */
sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager * pPager,void * (* xCodec)(void *,void *,Pgno,int),void (* xCodecSizeChng)(void *,int,int),void (* xCodecFree)(void *),void * pCodec)6890 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6891   Pager *pPager,
6892   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6893   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6894   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6895   void *pCodec
6896 ){
6897   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6898   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6899   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6900   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6901   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6902   setGetterMethod(pPager);
6903   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6904 }
sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager * pPager)6905 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6906   return pPager->pCodec;
6907 }
6908 
6909 /*
6910 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6911 ** into the log file.
6912 **
6913 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6914 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6915 */
sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr * pPg)6916 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6917   void *aData = 0;
6918   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6919   return aData;
6920 }
6921 
6922 /*
6923 ** Return the current pager state
6924 */
sqlite3PagerState(Pager * pPager)6925 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6926   return pPager->eState;
6927 }
6928 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6929 
6930 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6931 /*
6932 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6933 **
6934 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6935 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6936 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6937 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6938 **
6939 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6940 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6941 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6942 **
6943 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6944 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6945 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6946 ** transaction is active).
6947 **
6948 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6949 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6950 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6951 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6952 **
6953 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6954 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6955 */
sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager * pPager,DbPage * pPg,Pgno pgno,int isCommit)6956 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6957   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6958   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6959   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6960   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6961 
6962   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6963   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6964        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6965   );
6966   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6967 
6968   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6969   ** the page we are moving from.
6970   */
6971   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
6972   if( pPager->tempFile ){
6973     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6974     if( rc ) return rc;
6975   }
6976 
6977   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6978   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6979   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6980   **
6981   **   BEGIN;
6982   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6983   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6984   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6985   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6986   **
6987   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6988   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6989   ** statement were is processed.
6990   **
6991   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6992   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6993   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6994   */
6995   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6996    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6997   ){
6998     return rc;
6999   }
7000 
7001   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7002       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7003   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7004 
7005   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7006   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7007   **
7008   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7009   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7010   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7011   */
7012   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7013     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7014     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7015             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7016     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7017   }
7018 
7019   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7020   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7021   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7022   ** for the page moved there.
7023   */
7024   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7025   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7026   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
7027   if( pPgOld ){
7028     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7029     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7030       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7031       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7032       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7033     }else{
7034       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7035     }
7036   }
7037 
7038   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7039   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7040   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7041 
7042   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7043   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7044   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7045   */
7046   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7047     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7048     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7049   }
7050 
7051   if( needSyncPgno ){
7052     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7053     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7054     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7055     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7056     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7057     ** flag.
7058     **
7059     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7060     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7061     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7062     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7063     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7064     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7065     */
7066     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7067     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7068     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7069       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7070         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7071         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7072       }
7073       return rc;
7074     }
7075     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7076     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7077     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7078   }
7079 
7080   return SQLITE_OK;
7081 }
7082 #endif
7083 
7084 /*
7085 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7086 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7087 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7088 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7089 */
sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage * pPg,Pgno iNew,u16 flags)7090 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7091   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7092   pPg->flags = flags;
7093   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7094 }
7095 
7096 /*
7097 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7098 */
sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage * pPg)7099 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7100   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7101   return pPg->pData;
7102 }
7103 
7104 /*
7105 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7106 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7107 */
sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage * pPg)7108 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7109   return pPg->pExtra;
7110 }
7111 
7112 /*
7113 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7114 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7115 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7116 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7117 **
7118 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7119 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7120 ** locking-mode.
7121 */
sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager * pPager,int eMode)7122 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7123   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7124             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7125             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7126   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7127   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7128   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7129   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7130     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7131   }
7132   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7133 }
7134 
7135 /*
7136 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7137 **
7138 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7139 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7140 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7141 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7142 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7143 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7144 **
7145 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7146 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7147 **
7148 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7149 **      or _MEMORY.
7150 **
7151 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7152 **
7153 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7154 */
sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager * pPager,int eMode)7155 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7156   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7157 
7158 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7159   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7160   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7161   print_pager_state(pPager);
7162 #endif
7163 
7164 
7165   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7166   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7167             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7168             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7169             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7170             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7171             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7172 
7173   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7174   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7175   ** to WAL mode.
7176   */
7177   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7178 
7179   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7180   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7181   */
7182   if( MEMDB ){
7183     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7184     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7185       eMode = eOld;
7186     }
7187   }
7188 
7189   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7190 
7191     /* Change the journal mode. */
7192     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7193     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7194 
7195     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7196     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7197     ** delete the journal file.
7198     */
7199     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7200     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7201     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7202     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7203     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7204     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7205 
7206     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7207     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7208 
7209       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7210       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7211       ** here is an optimization only.
7212       **
7213       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7214       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7215       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7216       */
7217       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7218       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7219         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7220       }else{
7221         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7222         int state = pPager->eState;
7223         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7224         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7225           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7226         }
7227         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7228           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7229           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7230         }
7231         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7232           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7233         }
7234         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7235           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7236         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7237           pager_unlock(pPager);
7238         }
7239         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7240       }
7241     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7242       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7243     }
7244   }
7245 
7246   /* Return the new journal mode */
7247   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7248 }
7249 
7250 /*
7251 ** Return the current journal mode.
7252 */
sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager * pPager)7253 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7254   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7255 }
7256 
7257 /*
7258 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7259 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7260 ** is unmodified.
7261 */
sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager * pPager)7262 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7263   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7264   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7265   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7266   return 1;
7267 }
7268 
7269 /*
7270 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7271 **
7272 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7273 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7274 */
sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager * pPager,i64 iLimit)7275 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7276   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7277     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7278     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7279   }
7280   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7281 }
7282 
7283 /*
7284 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7285 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7286 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7287 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7288 */
sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager * pPager)7289 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7290   return &pPager->pBackup;
7291 }
7292 
7293 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7294 /*
7295 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7296 */
sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager * pPager)7297 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7298   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7299   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7300 }
7301 #endif
7302 
7303 
7304 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7305 /*
7306 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7307 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7308 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7309 **
7310 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7311 */
sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager * pPager,sqlite3 * db,int eMode,int * pnLog,int * pnCkpt)7312 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7313   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7314   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7315   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7316   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7317   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7318 ){
7319   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7320   if( pPager->pWal ){
7321     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7322         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7323         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7324         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7325         pnLog, pnCkpt
7326     );
7327   }
7328   return rc;
7329 }
7330 
sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager * pPager)7331 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7332   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7333 }
7334 
7335 /*
7336 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7337 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7338 */
sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager * pPager)7339 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7340   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7341   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7342   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7343 }
7344 
7345 /*
7346 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7347 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7348 */
pagerExclusiveLock(Pager * pPager)7349 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7350   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7351 
7352   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7353   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7354   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7355     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7356     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7357     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7358   }
7359 
7360   return rc;
7361 }
7362 
7363 /*
7364 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7365 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7366 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7367 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7368 */
pagerOpenWal(Pager * pPager)7369 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7370   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7371 
7372   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7373   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7374 
7375   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7376   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7377   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7378   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7379   */
7380   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7381     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7382   }
7383 
7384   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7385   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7386   */
7387   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7388     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7389         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7390         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7391     );
7392   }
7393   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7394 
7395   return rc;
7396 }
7397 
7398 
7399 /*
7400 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7401 ** this function.
7402 **
7403 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7404 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7405 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7406 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7407 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7408 ** not modified in either case.
7409 **
7410 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7411 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7412 ** without doing anything.
7413 */
sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager * pPager,int * pbOpen)7414 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7415   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7416   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7417 ){
7418   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7419 
7420   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7421   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7422   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7423   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7424   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7425 
7426   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7427     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7428 
7429     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7430     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7431 
7432     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7433     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7434       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7435       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7436     }
7437   }else{
7438     *pbOpen = 1;
7439   }
7440 
7441   return rc;
7442 }
7443 
7444 /*
7445 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7446 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7447 **
7448 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7449 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7450 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7451 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7452 */
sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager * pPager,sqlite3 * db)7453 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7454   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7455 
7456   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7457 
7458   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7459   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7460   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7461   */
7462   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7463     int logexists = 0;
7464     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7465     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7466       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7467           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7468       );
7469     }
7470     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7471       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7472     }
7473   }
7474 
7475   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7476   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7477   */
7478   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7479     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7480     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7481       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7482                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7483       pPager->pWal = 0;
7484       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7485       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7486     }
7487   }
7488   return rc;
7489 }
7490 
7491 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7492 /*
7493 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7494 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7495 */
sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager * pPager,sqlite3_snapshot ** ppSnapshot)7496 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7497   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7498   if( pPager->pWal ){
7499     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7500   }
7501   return rc;
7502 }
7503 
7504 /*
7505 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7506 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7507 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7508 */
sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager * pPager,sqlite3_snapshot * pSnapshot)7509 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7510   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7511   if( pPager->pWal ){
7512     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7513   }else{
7514     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7515   }
7516   return rc;
7517 }
7518 
7519 /*
7520 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7521 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7522 */
sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager * pPager)7523 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7524   int rc;
7525   if( pPager->pWal ){
7526     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7527   }else{
7528     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7529   }
7530   return rc;
7531 }
7532 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7533 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7534 
7535 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7536 /*
7537 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7538 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7539 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7540 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7541 ** is empty, return 0.
7542 */
sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager * pPager)7543 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7544   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7545   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7546 }
7547 #endif
7548 
7549 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7550 
7551 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
7552 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
sqlite3pager_get_codec(Pager * pPager,void ** ctx)7553 void sqlite3pager_get_codec(Pager *pPager, void **ctx) {
7554   *ctx = pPager->pCodec;
7555 }
7556 
sqlite3pager_is_mj_pgno(Pager * pPager,Pgno pgno)7557 int sqlite3pager_is_mj_pgno(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno) {
7558   return (PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) == pgno) ? 1 : 0;
7559 }
7560 
sqlite3Pager_get_fd(Pager * pPager)7561 sqlite3_file *sqlite3Pager_get_fd(Pager *pPager) {
7562   return (isOpen(pPager->fd)) ? pPager->fd : NULL;
7563 }
7564 
sqlite3pager_sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager * pPager,void * (* xCodec)(void *,void *,Pgno,int),void (* xCodecSizeChng)(void *,int,int),void (* xCodecFree)(void *),void * pCodec)7565 void sqlite3pager_sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7566   Pager *pPager,
7567   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7568   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7569   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7570   void *pCodec
7571 ){
7572   sqlite3PagerSetCodec(pPager, xCodec, xCodecSizeChng, xCodecFree, pCodec);
7573 }
7574 
sqlite3pager_sqlite3PagerSetError(Pager * pPager,int error)7575 void sqlite3pager_sqlite3PagerSetError( Pager *pPager, int error) {
7576   pPager->errCode = error;
7577   setGetterMethod(pPager);
7578 }
7579 
7580 #endif
7581 /* END SQLCIPHER */
7582 
7583